The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide...

62
1 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies - your Supply Chain Partner Over Thirty Five years Leading the Door and Window Industry Since 1977, the name DGS has become synonymous with service and value. Formed in the very early days of double glazing technology, our focus on technical expertise and customer satisfaction has lead to the development of today’s highly successful multi-million pound business. This catalogue is intended as a guide only; products are continuously developed and improved and we reserve the right to change products without notice. For technical specifications, please contact your local DGS Branch or visit www.dgsgroup.co.uk As environmental and security matters have become increasingly pressing and are enforced by legislation, a prime focus of DGS is to carefully monitor legislative and technical trends in the industry. We constantly work with innovative suppliers throughout the UK, Europe and beyond enabling us to offer the latest technological solutions such as ‘warm edge’ and ‘gas fill’. Our up-to-date knowledge makes it possible for us to offer products which will enable you to comply with current and known future specifications. We are pleased to announce we are GGF members as of 2013. Our expertise, help and assistance are always available. We invite you to make contact with our sales team throughout the UK and Ireland so that we can help you make informed decisions about your choices from our extensive range of window and door hardware, sealed unit materials, building plastics and ancillaries. There are 11 strategically placed branches, including over 100,000 square feet of manufacturing and warehouse space at our head office in Derbyshire and across the country. We have our own fleet of 35 vehicles out daily delivering to most parts of the UK and Ireland. All information in this catalogue is for information and guidance only. We have taken all reasonable due care to ensure the information contained within our website is accurate and current but we do not accept any liability for any inaccuracy or omission. It is the customers sole responsibility to ascertain compatibility and suitability of products. For any specific applications we recommend that you seek further advice. If you have any questions please contact our head office on 01332 811611 The Complete One Stop Distributors of Window & Door Hardware, Sealed Unit Consumables and Fitting Materials.

Transcript of The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide...

Page 1: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

1 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

The DGS Group of Companies - your Supply Chain Partner

Over Thirty Five years Leading the Door and

Window Industry

Since 1977 the name DGS has become synonymous with service and value

Formed in the very early days of double glazing technology our focus on

technical expertise and customer satisfaction has lead to the development of

todayrsquos highly successful multi-million pound business

This catalogue is intended as a guide only products are continuously

developed and improved and we reserve the right to change products without

notice For technical specifications please contact your local DGS Branch or

visit wwwdgsgroupcouk

As environmental and security matters have become increasingly pressing

and are enforced by legislation a prime focus of DGS is to carefully monitor

legislative and technical trends in the industry We constantly work with

innovative suppliers throughout the UK Europe and beyond enabling us to

offer the latest technological solutions such as lsquowarm edgersquo and lsquogas fillrsquo Our

up-to-date knowledge makes it possible for us to offer products which will

enable you to comply with current and known future specifications

We are pleased to announce we are GGF members as of 2013

Our expertise help and assistance are always available We invite you to

make contact with our sales team throughout the UK and Ireland so that we

can help you make informed decisions about your choices from our extensive

range of window and door hardware sealed unit materials building plastics

and ancillaries

There are 11 strategically placed branches including over 100000 square

feet of manufacturing and warehouse space at our head office in Derbyshire

and across the country We have our own fleet of 35 vehicles out daily

delivering to most parts of the UK and Ireland

All information in this catalogue is for information and guidance only We

have taken all reasonable due care to ensure the information contained within

our website is accurate and current but we do not accept any liability for any

inaccuracy or omission

It is the customers sole responsibility to ascertain compatibility and suitability

of products For any specific applications we recommend that you seek further advice

If you have any questions please contact our head office on 01332 811611

The Complete One Stop Distributors of Window amp Door Hardware Sealed Unit Consumables and Fitting Materials

2 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

REACH Regulations

REACH regulations apply to all products imported into the EU from 31st May

2013 and enforcement of the criteria is with the Health and Safety Executive

Any products that do not comply cannot legally be sold past this date and all

IG units MUST HAVE REACH certification

We at DGS are extremely pleased to get complete REACH approval for our

quality range of GLASMOL Desiccants

CE Marking

From 1st July 2013 all products under the CPR (Construction Products

Regulation) will have to show the CE mark on their label This is a legal

requirement To use the CE mark all products used must comply with the

relevant standards ie desiccant must have REACH regulation

Penalties up to pound5000 fine can be imposed for not CE marking or for using the

CE mark without compliance ALL PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BY THE DGS GROUP

COMPLY WITH THE NEW REGULATIONS

News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

Increased Spacer Print Capacity

DGS invest in more capacity at its Donington HQ

The ever increasing demand for printed warm edge products has

necessitated further investment by DGS to again increase printing

capacity

Managing Director David Aucott says

ldquoThe increase in demand for printed warm edge bar has been quite

extraordinary We have been struggling for some time to keep pace with

the phenomenal increase in sales of these products and we had no choice

but install another printing line at our Donington hub We now have a

number of lines and combining these with shift working enables us to cope

with the demand

We always have an eye on the need to maintain and improve current

customer serviceability and this commitment should not be compromised by

new business I am quite sure that yet another line will be required in the

near future and the planning for this is at an advanced stage

Having multiple lines does give us flexibility and also allows us to

thoroughly maintain our equipmentrdquo

DGS use high performance UV resistant ldquobluerdquo print as the standard for all warm edge

products making the print easily visible even on the very popular black bars

Default Window Specification Method for

Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a new simple method of ensuring

compliance with the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed

that that the WERs method (Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a

computer simulation taking into account (various variables) in the construction of

the window was the only way of proving building regulation compliance

However this new method known as the lsquodefault window specificationrsquo states

that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with an IGU

comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no

further proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendices on page 56

3 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

The Sealed Unit Guide

Swisspacer Ultimate

The most energy efficient foiled warm edge spacer bar SWISSPACERrsquos new ULTIMATE spacer bar sets a new standard in energy

efficiency comfort and structural stability ULTIMATE came top in independent tests of all warm edge spacers conducted by IFT

Rosenheim

The Best Energy Efficiency

Ultimate has the best thermal conductivity value of all foiled warm edge spacer bars

The Best Comfort

Ultimate spacer ultimate comfort Windows with Ultimate inside keep homes at a comfortable temperature all year round

The Best Aesthetics

Ultimate has a satin finish and the widest choice of colours

The Best Long Lasting Performance

High Tech Gas Barrier keeps sealed units performing year after year

For more information see page 9

Swiss Duplex Grille Systems

Exclusive to DGS compatible with Swiss Spacer New 14mm size

available

Simple and easy to assemble this is a unique bespoke system that

enables the fabrication of one sealed unit but gives the appearance of

multiple sealed units

Kommerling Kodimelt IG

NEW solvent-free one component sealant Suitable for sealing insulating glass units It features

very low water vapour and gas transmission rate good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized

or stainless steel

For more information see page 26

4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar

Now with improved thermal performance

DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal

performance backing manufactured from APB polymer

Features

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily

damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will

always fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust

resistance For more information see page 13

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with

aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a

simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer

bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is

eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units

and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total

flexibility is assured

For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field

For more information see page 38

The Sealed Unit Guide

5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

In This Issue

Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7

Rating System 8

Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9

Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12

Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15

Super Spacer 16

Gas Filling and Testing 17

Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18

Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20

Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23

Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24

Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26

Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27

2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28

Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28

Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29

Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29

DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29

Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30

Glasmol CE Desiccant 30

Desiccant Dispensers 31

Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32

Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37

Varsavia Georgian Bar 38

Decorative Products Lead 40

Lead Adhesive Remover 41

Bevel Adhesives 41

Coloured Films 41

Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42

Soudafoam 1K B3 42

Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

In This Issuemdashcontinued

Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44

EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44

Empty Spray Bottle 44

DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44

DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45

Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45

TradeSeal SX Activator 45

Silicone Pads 46

Foam Protection Pads 46

Cork Protection Pads 46

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46

Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47

Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47

Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47

Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47

Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47

Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48

Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48

Silirub2 48

Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49

Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50

Protection Tape 50

Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51

Glass Cutter 51

Pad Lifters 51

Suction Lathes 51

Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52

Chinagraph Pencils 52

PowerLock Tape Measure 52

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52

Putty Knife 52

Stanley Scraper 53

Razor Blades 53

Stanley Knife 53

Stanley Blades 53

Skeleton Gun 53

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53

Rubber Lead Roller 53

Boning Peg 53

Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55

Energy Saving Trust 2010 55

Default Window Specification 2010 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

The Sealed Unit Guide

7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - An Introduction

Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction

The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s

technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has

excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately

aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems

represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly

downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is

also prone to condensation

With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel

consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws

will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National

Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK

Building Regulations in October 2010

In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge

systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new

designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new

products

Aluminium Substitution

One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a

metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of

the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech

Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS

Complete Elimination of Metal

Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better

insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam

spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards

Hybrid Designs

DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers

Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a

highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either

aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water

vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds

Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies

This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination

gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore

it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas

The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not

spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives

excellent corners and straight sides

Thermal Efficiency

On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing

the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators

The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group

is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a

representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas

(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on

the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions

Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model

conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171

These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-

downloadsbf-data-sheets-english

The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that

can be substituted for any other spacer bar

Chromatech Plus

Super Spacer

Chromatech Ultra

Swisspacer U

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 2: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

2 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

REACH Regulations

REACH regulations apply to all products imported into the EU from 31st May

2013 and enforcement of the criteria is with the Health and Safety Executive

Any products that do not comply cannot legally be sold past this date and all

IG units MUST HAVE REACH certification

We at DGS are extremely pleased to get complete REACH approval for our

quality range of GLASMOL Desiccants

CE Marking

From 1st July 2013 all products under the CPR (Construction Products

Regulation) will have to show the CE mark on their label This is a legal

requirement To use the CE mark all products used must comply with the

relevant standards ie desiccant must have REACH regulation

Penalties up to pound5000 fine can be imposed for not CE marking or for using the

CE mark without compliance ALL PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BY THE DGS GROUP

COMPLY WITH THE NEW REGULATIONS

News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

Increased Spacer Print Capacity

DGS invest in more capacity at its Donington HQ

The ever increasing demand for printed warm edge products has

necessitated further investment by DGS to again increase printing

capacity

Managing Director David Aucott says

ldquoThe increase in demand for printed warm edge bar has been quite

extraordinary We have been struggling for some time to keep pace with

the phenomenal increase in sales of these products and we had no choice

but install another printing line at our Donington hub We now have a

number of lines and combining these with shift working enables us to cope

with the demand

We always have an eye on the need to maintain and improve current

customer serviceability and this commitment should not be compromised by

new business I am quite sure that yet another line will be required in the

near future and the planning for this is at an advanced stage

Having multiple lines does give us flexibility and also allows us to

thoroughly maintain our equipmentrdquo

DGS use high performance UV resistant ldquobluerdquo print as the standard for all warm edge

products making the print easily visible even on the very popular black bars

Default Window Specification Method for

Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a new simple method of ensuring

compliance with the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed

that that the WERs method (Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a

computer simulation taking into account (various variables) in the construction of

the window was the only way of proving building regulation compliance

However this new method known as the lsquodefault window specificationrsquo states

that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with an IGU

comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no

further proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendices on page 56

3 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

The Sealed Unit Guide

Swisspacer Ultimate

The most energy efficient foiled warm edge spacer bar SWISSPACERrsquos new ULTIMATE spacer bar sets a new standard in energy

efficiency comfort and structural stability ULTIMATE came top in independent tests of all warm edge spacers conducted by IFT

Rosenheim

The Best Energy Efficiency

Ultimate has the best thermal conductivity value of all foiled warm edge spacer bars

The Best Comfort

Ultimate spacer ultimate comfort Windows with Ultimate inside keep homes at a comfortable temperature all year round

The Best Aesthetics

Ultimate has a satin finish and the widest choice of colours

The Best Long Lasting Performance

High Tech Gas Barrier keeps sealed units performing year after year

For more information see page 9

Swiss Duplex Grille Systems

Exclusive to DGS compatible with Swiss Spacer New 14mm size

available

Simple and easy to assemble this is a unique bespoke system that

enables the fabrication of one sealed unit but gives the appearance of

multiple sealed units

Kommerling Kodimelt IG

NEW solvent-free one component sealant Suitable for sealing insulating glass units It features

very low water vapour and gas transmission rate good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized

or stainless steel

For more information see page 26

4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar

Now with improved thermal performance

DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal

performance backing manufactured from APB polymer

Features

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily

damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will

always fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust

resistance For more information see page 13

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with

aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a

simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer

bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is

eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units

and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total

flexibility is assured

For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field

For more information see page 38

The Sealed Unit Guide

5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

In This Issue

Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7

Rating System 8

Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9

Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12

Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15

Super Spacer 16

Gas Filling and Testing 17

Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18

Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20

Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23

Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24

Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26

Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27

2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28

Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28

Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29

Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29

DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29

Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30

Glasmol CE Desiccant 30

Desiccant Dispensers 31

Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32

Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37

Varsavia Georgian Bar 38

Decorative Products Lead 40

Lead Adhesive Remover 41

Bevel Adhesives 41

Coloured Films 41

Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42

Soudafoam 1K B3 42

Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

In This Issuemdashcontinued

Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44

EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44

Empty Spray Bottle 44

DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44

DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45

Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45

TradeSeal SX Activator 45

Silicone Pads 46

Foam Protection Pads 46

Cork Protection Pads 46

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46

Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47

Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47

Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47

Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47

Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47

Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48

Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48

Silirub2 48

Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49

Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50

Protection Tape 50

Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51

Glass Cutter 51

Pad Lifters 51

Suction Lathes 51

Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52

Chinagraph Pencils 52

PowerLock Tape Measure 52

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52

Putty Knife 52

Stanley Scraper 53

Razor Blades 53

Stanley Knife 53

Stanley Blades 53

Skeleton Gun 53

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53

Rubber Lead Roller 53

Boning Peg 53

Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55

Energy Saving Trust 2010 55

Default Window Specification 2010 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

The Sealed Unit Guide

7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - An Introduction

Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction

The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s

technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has

excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately

aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems

represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly

downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is

also prone to condensation

With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel

consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws

will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National

Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK

Building Regulations in October 2010

In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge

systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new

designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new

products

Aluminium Substitution

One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a

metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of

the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech

Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS

Complete Elimination of Metal

Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better

insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam

spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards

Hybrid Designs

DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers

Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a

highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either

aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water

vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds

Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies

This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination

gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore

it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas

The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not

spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives

excellent corners and straight sides

Thermal Efficiency

On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing

the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators

The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group

is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a

representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas

(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on

the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions

Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model

conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171

These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-

downloadsbf-data-sheets-english

The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that

can be substituted for any other spacer bar

Chromatech Plus

Super Spacer

Chromatech Ultra

Swisspacer U

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 3: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

3 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

The Sealed Unit Guide

Swisspacer Ultimate

The most energy efficient foiled warm edge spacer bar SWISSPACERrsquos new ULTIMATE spacer bar sets a new standard in energy

efficiency comfort and structural stability ULTIMATE came top in independent tests of all warm edge spacers conducted by IFT

Rosenheim

The Best Energy Efficiency

Ultimate has the best thermal conductivity value of all foiled warm edge spacer bars

The Best Comfort

Ultimate spacer ultimate comfort Windows with Ultimate inside keep homes at a comfortable temperature all year round

The Best Aesthetics

Ultimate has a satin finish and the widest choice of colours

The Best Long Lasting Performance

High Tech Gas Barrier keeps sealed units performing year after year

For more information see page 9

Swiss Duplex Grille Systems

Exclusive to DGS compatible with Swiss Spacer New 14mm size

available

Simple and easy to assemble this is a unique bespoke system that

enables the fabrication of one sealed unit but gives the appearance of

multiple sealed units

Kommerling Kodimelt IG

NEW solvent-free one component sealant Suitable for sealing insulating glass units It features

very low water vapour and gas transmission rate good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized

or stainless steel

For more information see page 26

4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar

Now with improved thermal performance

DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal

performance backing manufactured from APB polymer

Features

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily

damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will

always fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust

resistance For more information see page 13

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with

aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a

simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer

bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is

eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units

and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total

flexibility is assured

For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field

For more information see page 38

The Sealed Unit Guide

5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

In This Issue

Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7

Rating System 8

Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9

Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12

Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15

Super Spacer 16

Gas Filling and Testing 17

Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18

Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20

Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23

Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24

Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26

Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27

2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28

Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28

Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29

Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29

DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29

Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30

Glasmol CE Desiccant 30

Desiccant Dispensers 31

Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32

Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37

Varsavia Georgian Bar 38

Decorative Products Lead 40

Lead Adhesive Remover 41

Bevel Adhesives 41

Coloured Films 41

Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42

Soudafoam 1K B3 42

Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

In This Issuemdashcontinued

Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44

EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44

Empty Spray Bottle 44

DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44

DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45

Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45

TradeSeal SX Activator 45

Silicone Pads 46

Foam Protection Pads 46

Cork Protection Pads 46

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46

Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47

Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47

Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47

Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47

Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47

Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48

Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48

Silirub2 48

Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49

Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50

Protection Tape 50

Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51

Glass Cutter 51

Pad Lifters 51

Suction Lathes 51

Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52

Chinagraph Pencils 52

PowerLock Tape Measure 52

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52

Putty Knife 52

Stanley Scraper 53

Razor Blades 53

Stanley Knife 53

Stanley Blades 53

Skeleton Gun 53

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53

Rubber Lead Roller 53

Boning Peg 53

Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55

Energy Saving Trust 2010 55

Default Window Specification 2010 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

The Sealed Unit Guide

7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - An Introduction

Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction

The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s

technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has

excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately

aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems

represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly

downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is

also prone to condensation

With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel

consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws

will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National

Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK

Building Regulations in October 2010

In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge

systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new

designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new

products

Aluminium Substitution

One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a

metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of

the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech

Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS

Complete Elimination of Metal

Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better

insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam

spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards

Hybrid Designs

DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers

Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a

highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either

aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water

vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds

Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies

This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination

gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore

it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas

The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not

spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives

excellent corners and straight sides

Thermal Efficiency

On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing

the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators

The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group

is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a

representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas

(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on

the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions

Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model

conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171

These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-

downloadsbf-data-sheets-english

The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that

can be substituted for any other spacer bar

Chromatech Plus

Super Spacer

Chromatech Ultra

Swisspacer U

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 4: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar

Now with improved thermal performance

DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal

performance backing manufactured from APB polymer

Features

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily

damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will

always fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust

resistance For more information see page 13

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with

aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a

simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer

bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is

eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units

and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total

flexibility is assured

For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field

For more information see page 38

The Sealed Unit Guide

5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

In This Issue

Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7

Rating System 8

Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9

Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12

Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15

Super Spacer 16

Gas Filling and Testing 17

Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18

Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20

Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23

Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24

Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26

Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27

2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28

Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28

Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29

Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29

DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29

Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30

Glasmol CE Desiccant 30

Desiccant Dispensers 31

Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32

Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37

Varsavia Georgian Bar 38

Decorative Products Lead 40

Lead Adhesive Remover 41

Bevel Adhesives 41

Coloured Films 41

Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42

Soudafoam 1K B3 42

Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

In This Issuemdashcontinued

Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44

EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44

Empty Spray Bottle 44

DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44

DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45

Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45

TradeSeal SX Activator 45

Silicone Pads 46

Foam Protection Pads 46

Cork Protection Pads 46

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46

Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47

Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47

Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47

Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47

Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47

Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48

Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48

Silirub2 48

Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49

Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50

Protection Tape 50

Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51

Glass Cutter 51

Pad Lifters 51

Suction Lathes 51

Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52

Chinagraph Pencils 52

PowerLock Tape Measure 52

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52

Putty Knife 52

Stanley Scraper 53

Razor Blades 53

Stanley Knife 53

Stanley Blades 53

Skeleton Gun 53

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53

Rubber Lead Roller 53

Boning Peg 53

Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55

Energy Saving Trust 2010 55

Default Window Specification 2010 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

The Sealed Unit Guide

7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - An Introduction

Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction

The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s

technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has

excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately

aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems

represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly

downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is

also prone to condensation

With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel

consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws

will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National

Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK

Building Regulations in October 2010

In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge

systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new

designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new

products

Aluminium Substitution

One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a

metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of

the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech

Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS

Complete Elimination of Metal

Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better

insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam

spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards

Hybrid Designs

DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers

Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a

highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either

aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water

vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds

Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies

This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination

gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore

it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas

The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not

spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives

excellent corners and straight sides

Thermal Efficiency

On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing

the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators

The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group

is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a

representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas

(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on

the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions

Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model

conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171

These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-

downloadsbf-data-sheets-english

The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that

can be substituted for any other spacer bar

Chromatech Plus

Super Spacer

Chromatech Ultra

Swisspacer U

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 5: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

The Sealed Unit Guide

In This Issue

Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7

Rating System 8

Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9

Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12

Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15

Super Spacer 16

Gas Filling and Testing 17

Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18

Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20

Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23

Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24

Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26

Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27

2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28

Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28

Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29

Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29

DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29

Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30

Glasmol CE Desiccant 30

Desiccant Dispensers 31

Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32

Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37

Varsavia Georgian Bar 38

Decorative Products Lead 40

Lead Adhesive Remover 41

Bevel Adhesives 41

Coloured Films 41

Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42

Soudafoam 1K B3 42

Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43

DGS Cleaning Paper 43

Steel Wool 43

6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

In This Issuemdashcontinued

Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44

EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44

Empty Spray Bottle 44

DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44

DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45

Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45

TradeSeal SX Activator 45

Silicone Pads 46

Foam Protection Pads 46

Cork Protection Pads 46

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46

Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47

Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47

Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47

Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47

Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47

Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48

Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48

Silirub2 48

Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49

Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50

Protection Tape 50

Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51

Glass Cutter 51

Pad Lifters 51

Suction Lathes 51

Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52

Chinagraph Pencils 52

PowerLock Tape Measure 52

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52

Putty Knife 52

Stanley Scraper 53

Razor Blades 53

Stanley Knife 53

Stanley Blades 53

Skeleton Gun 53

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53

Rubber Lead Roller 53

Boning Peg 53

Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55

Energy Saving Trust 2010 55

Default Window Specification 2010 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

The Sealed Unit Guide

7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - An Introduction

Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction

The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s

technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has

excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately

aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems

represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly

downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is

also prone to condensation

With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel

consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws

will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National

Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK

Building Regulations in October 2010

In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge

systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new

designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new

products

Aluminium Substitution

One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a

metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of

the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech

Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS

Complete Elimination of Metal

Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better

insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam

spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards

Hybrid Designs

DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers

Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a

highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either

aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water

vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds

Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies

This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination

gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore

it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas

The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not

spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives

excellent corners and straight sides

Thermal Efficiency

On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing

the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators

The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group

is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a

representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas

(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on

the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions

Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model

conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171

These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-

downloadsbf-data-sheets-english

The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that

can be substituted for any other spacer bar

Chromatech Plus

Super Spacer

Chromatech Ultra

Swisspacer U

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 6: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

In This Issuemdashcontinued

Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44

EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44

Empty Spray Bottle 44

DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44

DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45

Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45

TradeSeal SX Activator 45

Silicone Pads 46

Foam Protection Pads 46

Cork Protection Pads 46

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46

Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47

Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47

Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47

Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47

Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47

Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48

Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48

Silirub2 48

Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49

Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50

Protection Tape 50

Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51

Glass Cutter 51

Pad Lifters 51

Suction Lathes 51

Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52

Chinagraph Pencils 52

PowerLock Tape Measure 52

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52

Putty Knife 52

Stanley Scraper 53

Razor Blades 53

Stanley Knife 53

Stanley Blades 53

Skeleton Gun 53

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53

Rubber Lead Roller 53

Boning Peg 53

Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55

Energy Saving Trust 2010 55

Default Window Specification 2010 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

The Sealed Unit Guide

7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - An Introduction

Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction

The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s

technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has

excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately

aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems

represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly

downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is

also prone to condensation

With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel

consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws

will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National

Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK

Building Regulations in October 2010

In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge

systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new

designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new

products

Aluminium Substitution

One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a

metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of

the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech

Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS

Complete Elimination of Metal

Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better

insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam

spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards

Hybrid Designs

DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers

Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a

highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either

aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water

vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds

Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies

This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination

gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore

it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas

The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not

spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives

excellent corners and straight sides

Thermal Efficiency

On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing

the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators

The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group

is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a

representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas

(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on

the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions

Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model

conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171

These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-

downloadsbf-data-sheets-english

The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that

can be substituted for any other spacer bar

Chromatech Plus

Super Spacer

Chromatech Ultra

Swisspacer U

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 7: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - An Introduction

Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction

The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s

technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has

excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately

aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems

represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly

downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is

also prone to condensation

With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel

consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws

will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National

Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK

Building Regulations in October 2010

In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge

systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new

designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new

products

Aluminium Substitution

One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a

metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of

the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech

Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS

Complete Elimination of Metal

Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better

insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam

spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards

Hybrid Designs

DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers

Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a

highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either

aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water

vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds

Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies

This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination

gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore

it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas

The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not

spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives

excellent corners and straight sides

Thermal Efficiency

On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing

the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators

The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group

is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a

representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas

(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on

the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions

Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model

conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171

These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-

downloadsbf-data-sheets-english

The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that

can be substituted for any other spacer bar

Chromatech Plus

Super Spacer

Chromatech Ultra

Swisspacer U

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 8: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Approved Schemes

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

For more information see page 55

Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance

More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 9: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems

Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in

official tests for IFT Rosenheim

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to

maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and

moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and

a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission

so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or

aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission

Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of

other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into

the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the

sealant and desiccant to do most of the work

Swisspacer U Codes

Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -

Economy and Performance

In applications where the sacrifice

of ultimate performance in favour

of economy is required Swisspacer

Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly

Make no mistake however this is

still a very high performance warm

edge product Instead of the

stainless steel foil used in

Swisspacer V a more economical

aluminium backing is used

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box

Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240

Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216

Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168

Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144

Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120

Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96

Description Code Black Code Titanium

Grey Code White

Lengths

per Box Code Light Grey

Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG

Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG

Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG

Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG

Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG

Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG

Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG

Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96

Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96

Benefits of SWISSPACER

ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours

please contact your local branch for

details of colours available

Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)

Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016

SWS-U High Tech Gas

Barrier Foil

97microm Λ = 025

2-Box Modelling

(measured according IFT

Guideline WA 171)

Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height

65mm 014 WmK

Swisspacer A Codes

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 10: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components

DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm

version

Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in

8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm

Swisspacer Flexible

Corner Key

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000

DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -

an alternative component

Description Code Corner Key

Grey

Code Corner Key

Black Box

Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500

Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500

Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700

Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500

Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400

Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes

Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Description Flexi Corner

Key Black

Flexi Corner Key

White

Flexi Corner Key

Grey Box

Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000

Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700

Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500

Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000

Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800

Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500

Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000

Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700

Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500

New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12

14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey

or black

Description Code Corner Key

Black

Code Corner Key

Titan Grey Box

Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000

Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000

New Corner Keys for Swisspacer

Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8

10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 11: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys

DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version

The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo

version look very similar

Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Gas Key

no Hole Black Code Gas Key

no Hole Grey

Code Gas Key

no Hole White

Code Gas Key with hole

Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

16mm

SWISS

DGK16BK

SWISS

DGK16GY

SWISS

DGK16WH

SWISS

DGKW16

SWISS

DGKW16GY

SWISS

DGKW16WH 1000

Accessories

20mm

SWISS

DGK20BK

SWISS

DGK20GY

SWISS

DGK20WH

SWISS

DGKW20

SWISS

DGKW20GY

SWISS

DGKW20WH 1000

DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm

version

DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm

version

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer

Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs

Description

Code Gas Key

with hole Black

Code Gas Key

with hole Grey

Code Gas Key

with hole White Box

Accessories

12mm

SWISS

GKW12

SWISS

GKW12GY

SWISS

GKW12WH 3000

Accessories

14mm

SWISS

GKW14

SWISS

GKW14GY

SWISS

GKW14WH 2400

Accessories

18mm

SWISS

GKW18

SWISS

GKW18GY

SWISS

GKW18WH 2300

Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH

Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 12: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

This is a single sealed unit but when

glazed appears to be 4 smaller units

Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre

Swiss Georgian End

Optimum Sizing

In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm

Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -

- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal

decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby

improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit

fabrication

Description Black Grey White Box

Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths

Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m

Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m

Swisspacer Duplex System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 18mm

Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key

The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication

of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter

sealed unit spacer frame

The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar

For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers

are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units

Description Black Grey White Box

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300

Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000

Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800

An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with

Double Face Georgian Bar System

Swisspacer

Duplex Plain

Centre 14mm

Sealed Unit Cavity

Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer 16mm

Round Buffer 20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14

20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14

16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B

20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B

16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W

20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W

Sealed Unit

Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key

Nipple Edge Key

(Hole Dia 5mm)

Round Buffer

16mm

Round

Buffer

20mm

Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200

16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18

20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18

16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B

20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B

16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W

20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W

14mm

18mm

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 13: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance

Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK

Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Frames with corner keys

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors and corner keys

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Box

Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)

Description Black Grey White Stillage

Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m

Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with

steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m

Chromatech Ultra is available in

black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and

white RAL 7035

Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-

ble in stillages (steel connectors)

Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current

bending machines

Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from

APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination

Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged

Rigid high grade stainless steel base

Bendable on existing bending machines

Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always

fit

Low thermal transmittance

Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability

Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 14: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners

Description Code Box

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000

Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors

Chromatech Ultra Corner Key

Description Black Grey Box Light Grey

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY

Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key

Description Black no

Hole

Black with

Hole

Grey no

Hole

Grey with

Hole

Light Grey

no Hole

Light Grey

with Hole Box

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 12mm

SSBCUGK

120BK

SSBCUGKW

120BK

SSBCUGK

120DGY

SSBCUGKW

120DGY

SSBCUGK

120GY

SSBCUGKW

120GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 14mm

SSBCUGK

140BK

SSBCUGKW

140BK

SSBCUGK

140DGY

SSBCUGKW

140DGY

SSBCUGK

140GY

SSBCUGKW

140GY 5000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 16mm

SSBCUGK

160BK

SSBCUGKW

160BK

SSBCUGK

160DGY

SSBCUGKW

160DGY

SSBCUGK

160GY

SSBCUGKW

160GY 4000

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 18mm

SSBCUGK

180BK

SSBCUGKW

180BK

SSBCUGK

180DGY

SSBCUGKW

180DGY

SSBCUGK

180GY

SSBCUGKW

180GY 3500

Chromatech Ultra

Gas Key 20mm

SSBCUGK

200BK

SSBCUGKW

200BK

SSBCUGK

200DGY

SSBCUGKW

200DGY

SSBCUGK

200GY

SSBCUGKW

200GY 3000

Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug

Description Gas Key Plug

Grey

Use Plug

Black Box

Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000

Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White

Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH

Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech

Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000

Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra

Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas

Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for

Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer

Gas Fill Plug 51

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 15: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Chromatech Plus Straight Connector

CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit

Compare

Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K

Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K

Features

1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass

Condensation minimized

Damage on the frame prevented

Reduced the heat loss

Relevant to the most modern window design

Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration

Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279

Characteristics

for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar

Thermal values

Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)

Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301

Low Y (Psi) value

Higher surface temperature on the glass

Minimal condensation

Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K

IG-unit System

No system risk

Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3

No chemical condensation (fogging)

High frame stability

No shape and material changes secures long durability

Workability

Bending with empty spacer bar

Bending with pre-filled spacer bar

High productivity

Also suitable for models

Accessories Connectors

Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours

Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money

Type Code Box

Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m

Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m

Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m

Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)

Description Code Box

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500

Chromatech Plus Straight

Connector

Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from

Gas Fill Sleeves

For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page

22

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 16: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Super Spacer

What is Super Spacer

Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes

from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to

suit almost any requirements

There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct

position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and

once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and

moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant

An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or

shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long

lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no

drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess

Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free

Size Light Grey Charcoal Length

50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m

65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m

80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m

95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m

125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m

160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m

175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m

200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m

Super Spacer Reels (for

enhanced economy)

Additional Colours (Reels only)

Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)

Size Charcoal Length

055mm SS055 20m

075mm SS075 20m

095mm SS095 20m

115mm SS115 20m

125mm SS125 20m

145mm SS145 20m

155mm SS155 20m

175mm SS175 20m

195mm SS195 20m

Super Spacer 20m Flexibar

Packs - charcoal only

Super Spacer Flexibar Pack

Warm Edge - Super Spacer

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 17: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Filling and Gas Testing

TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester

Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to

test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure

continued consistency of quality

The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to

give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price

The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be

recharged using the supplied charger

The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses

and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279

The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology

giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process

Features

Visual indication of gas filling process

Gas percentage settings

Pressure set up

Low gas supply alert

Overfill timer

Unit counter

Alarm control

Onoff control

The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling

lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas

filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance

body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on

completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a

unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors

eliminated

Patent Pending

Specifications

Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm

Power supply 13A

Touch screen control

Visual and audible signals on completion of fill

Unit counter

One hole or two hole filling options

Vertical or horizontal filling options

Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size

Alert when gas bottle empty

Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)

One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds

Models in the Inagas range

Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler

Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler

Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler

Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler

TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester

Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine

Smartstart filling lance

Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine

Smartfill 2 - Typical Display

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 18: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)

Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics

required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners

are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are

available for use with this bar

Alupro Bendable bar

Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel

Connector Inserted

Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages

Size Code

Anodised

m per

Stillage

Code

Mill Finish

115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS

155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS

195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS

Why Stillages

Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less

unpacking Fork lift handling is easy

Environment there is less waste packing material

Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost

Size Code Mill Finish Code

Anodised Code White Painted

Code Gold

Code Painted Black

Bronze RAL 9017

m per

Box

055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000

075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400

095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800

115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500

135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300

155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100

175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000

195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900

Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 19: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro

Bendable Spacer Bar

Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500

Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500

Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500

Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500

Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500

Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000

Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500

Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500

Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000

Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 20: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

The Product

Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual

sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines

The Benefits

Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment

Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex

Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics

Guaranteed adhesion every time

Simple to drill for Georgian frames

Standard height throughout the entire range

High technology brings you the best tube at the best price

Ex-stock delivery

Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white

Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown

painted

Gold White Metres

per

Box

55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400

75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920

95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440

115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200

135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040

155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880

175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800

195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720

Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)

DGS Product Codes

Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per

stillage

155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950

195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360

Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage

Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number

of colours and finishes

Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 21: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar

Standard Corner Key

Flexi Corner Key

Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)

Item Code Bag Size Box Size

Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000

Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000

Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar

Item Code Box Qty

Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000

Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000

Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000

Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000

Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000

Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000

Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000

Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 22: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer

Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)

Size Code with

hole (Grey)

Code with

hole (Black)

Code without

hole (Grey)

Code without

hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug

Code Plug

(Grey)

Code Plug

(Black) Bag Qty

055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000

075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C

65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm

50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm

Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer

Sleeve Details Plug Details

Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty

65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000

50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

Gas Fill Plug 51

Gas Fill Plug 4472

Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68

Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer

Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole

Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 23: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar

Duplex Key System

Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the

illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to

the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system

uses a specific double faced bar

For information on the double face system please see page 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Duplex Centre Keys

Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key

2425mm Box

Centre Key

30mm Box

075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -

95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -

115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150

155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100

175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -

195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -

Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below

Duplex Edge Keys

Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key

2425mm Box

Edge Key

30mm Box

075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -

95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -

115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300

155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200

175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -

195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

Duplex Centre Keys

Duplex Edge Keys

Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 24: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear

Anodised

Code Clear

Bronze

Box

metres

095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408

115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366

155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240

Double Face Standard Spacer Bar

This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to

create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add

a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window

This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic

centres and ends to suit

For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page

12

Double Face Spacer Bar

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System

Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box

095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400

115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400

155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400

These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double

face applications

DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced

Key System

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 25: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg

C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt

sealants

Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg

cartons and 200kg drums

One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the

DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo

FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are

totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt

sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that

you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business

This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial

Application Field

Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for

sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units

Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use

Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the

production of single seal or dual seal ig units

Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application

technologies

Technical Characteristics

Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant

Base Butyl Rubber

Colour Black

Consistency Solid mass

Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be

applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder

Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment

Adhesion

Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with

cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue

Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall

be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk

Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature

between +10 degC and + 30 degC

Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations

Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums

Physical Characteristics

Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm

Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217

Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794

Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794

Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794

Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794

Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794

Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796

Product Code Unit Size

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block

Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum

Codes

Improved

Rheology

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 26: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell silicone pads See

page 46

We sell nozzle guides for

hot melt machines See

page 46

Typical Performance Data (approx)

Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low

Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC

For further details please contact your local

DGS sales office

Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the

production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based

sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state

allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes

after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik

5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit

production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be

easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit

Features

Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available

Quick-setting from the molten state

Clean application with no wastage

No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such

as Bostik 2000

Convenient pack size for easy storage

Bostik 5000 Hot Melt

Hot Melt Sealant

Kommerling Hot Melt

Solvent-free one component sealant

Sealing insulating glass units

Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate

Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel

Technical Data

Base Colour Consistency

Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)

Preparation

Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing

machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a

cleaning agent

Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC

Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method

Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794

Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794

Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G

Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C

MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC

Bonding

Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel

melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC

Special Notes

Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt

IG may be stored at room

temperature for at least 24

months

Product Code Carton

Size

Kodimelt

IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 27: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Hot Melt Sealant

Did you know

We can supply hot melt machines and a

range of other machinery from our

partner Atlantic Machinery Please

contact your local branch for more

information

Product Characteristics

Packaging 65kg block

Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins

which contain no volatile materials

Colour Black

Form Rubbery solid

Density 119 gcm2

Shelf life

Storage

At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened

in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC

Codes

The quality Sealant with the competitive edge

Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound

specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units

Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5125 HMBP512565 65kg

Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass

temperature and ambient workshop

temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on

adhesion performance This advice applies to

all hot melt sealants

Hot Melt 5200

Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate

Features

Latest development based on market leading technology

Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European

markets

Compatible with all spacer systems

Superior extensibility and movement accommodation

Product Code Carton

Size

Bostik

5200 HMB520065 65kg

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 28: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

2 Part Sealant

Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass

Sealant

Product properties and application

solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of

insulated glass units

gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars

its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and

manual application systems

Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant

Density approx 175 gcm3

Mixing ratio

by volume

by weight

Base Hardener

100 10

100 63

Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes

Tack free at 23deg C

Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes

Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25

End shore A gt 45

Water vapour transmission according to EN

1279 part 2 4

Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year

Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD

Colour Black

Packaging 22 litre set

Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers

Safety advice

The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component

wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case

of skin contact wash well with soap and water

Product Code Set Size

Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre

Code

Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is

produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the

operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used

either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels

Technical Characteristics

Product Code Set Size

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre

Colour

Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)

Mixture (A+B)

Ivory Black

Anthracite

Mixing ratio

by volume by weight

10010 10095

Storage

9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store

Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC

Packaging

210 litre kit (191l + 19l)

371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your

local DGS branch

Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant

for insulating glassrsquo

Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 29: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Primary Sealant PIB Tape

DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local

branch for more information

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant

Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically

formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always

be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then

capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3

excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic

corner keys

very low moisture vapour transmission rate

very low gas permeability

acts as a thermal break

easy application by standard dispensing equipment

no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required

can be used as a spacer bar adhesive

Product Code Unit

Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units

Technical Data

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

Product Code Roll lengthbox

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll

100 rolls per box

Butylverreg Primary Sealant

Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free

especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units

Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation

Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can

be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary

sealants

Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C

Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to

EN 12794

Product Code Unit (Box

Qty)

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug

Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg

slugs are particularly suited to use

with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more

information contact DGS sales or

visit

wwwatlantic-machinerycouk

Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug

DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 30: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant

Desiccant

New Superior E Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass

production

The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems

Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and

glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and

manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems

Superior E Grade as used in automated line

Reach compliant for peace of mind

High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =

200

Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with

solvent free sealants

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25

DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150

Glasmol E 150kg drum

Glasmol E 25kg box

Standard CE Grade Desiccant

DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems

DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled

Standard CE Grade

Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc

= 20

Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise

pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage

Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units

Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums

Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems

Extremely competitively priced

Product Unit Code

DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25

Desiccant

Glasmol CE 25kg box

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 31: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Desiccant Dispensers

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an

optional vibration unit

Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 60kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm

Stand available

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is

available with or without a stand

Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar

Available with or without a stand

Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time

Hopper capacity 30kg

Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of

desiccant

Optional vibrator unit for small profiles

Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm

Stand available

Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 32: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage

Quantity

Stillage Code Stillage

Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages

Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box

White 9016 GBAP1808WH

285m GB2508WH

192m

Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m

BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m

Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m

Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m

CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m

Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m

Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m

Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m

Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m

Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m

Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m

Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m

Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m

Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m

Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m

Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m

Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m

Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m

Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons

Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with

RALRenolit number

Georgian Bar

New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 33: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 23

Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200

Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200

Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200

Georgian Bar

Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres

Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200

Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200

Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200

Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200

All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex

Systems Please specify the size when placing your order

Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS

Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size

ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150

ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200

ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200

ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200

SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150

SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150

SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200

SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 34: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200

Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200

Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200

Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200

Georgian Bar

Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar

For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip

Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty

Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200

Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200

White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100

Georgian Bar Ends

Item Code 18 x

8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty

18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300

18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300

18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300

18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300

Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit

mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown

Georgian Bar Ends

Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium

Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre

clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip

New product - Centre in Irish oak

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 35: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Item Code Bag Qty

Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000

Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000

Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000

Georgian Bar Staple Ends

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends

Saddle Clips

Staples

Item Code Bag Qty

Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clips

Item Code Box Qty

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

White GBSAD1808WH 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8

Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000

Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White

GBSAD2508WH 1000

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

End Fixing Pins

For pin gun see page 52

Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System

Item Code Bag Qty

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000

Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 36: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Did you know

We sell duplex and double

face systems which use

spacer bar as Georgian

bar See pages 12 and 24

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit

Item Kit Code Quantity

ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit

ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit

ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit

SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit

SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit

SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit

150 pieces 150 pieces

+ +

300 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut

Item Kit Code Quantity

White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit

Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit

Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit

+

300 pieces 150 pieces

Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 37: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Georgian Bar

Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)

DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross

section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes

Item Code Bar Length

Metres per Box

Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210

Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100

Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100

Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200

Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200

Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800

Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800

Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500

Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800

Solid Centre (Gold)

4-Way Plastic Key

Metal Cross Cover (Gold)

Aluminium End Connector (Gold)

Germanella P in Gold and Chrome

End connector long clip and short clip

Staple End

Item Code Box Qty

Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50

Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 38: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian Bar

Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes

Item Code

End Connector GBV1808T

Item Code

End Connector GBV4508T

Item Code

End Connector GBV2608T

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV2608KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV4508KR

Item Code

Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm

GBV1808KQ

Item Code Box Qty Finish

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White

Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany

Georgian Bar

Transom Keys

Edge Keys

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 39: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Bespoke Georgian Grille

Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered

within a week

All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice

No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)

Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For

other sizes please call

Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit

All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000

Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm

Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range

of sizes

Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016

(for RAL 9010 please call)

These five colours are available in all designs

Step 1 Send us your

enquiry

Wersquoll need to know

Your company name

Your fax number

Contact name

The pattern code or details of

your design including required sizing

The quantity required

The profile size 18mm or

25mm

The profile colour

The spacer size

The spacer colour

The unit size Is that the

glass size or spacer face to spacer face

Just fax your enquiry

to your local DGS branch

Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in

about an hour

Step 3 Place your order

Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your

requirements and dispatch within 5 working days

Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm

Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3

18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm

25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 40: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Universal Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4

DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5

DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6

DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7

This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only

premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding

decorative applications

Antique Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4

DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5

DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6

DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7

This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed

corrosion resistance

Brass Lead

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5

DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6

DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7

This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective

when used with bevels in conservatory applications

Platinum Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5

DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6

DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7

1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order

White Lead1

Product Code m per reel Reels per box

DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5

DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6

Universal Lead

Rubber Lead Roller See page 53

Boning Peg See page 53

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 41: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Decorative Products

Lead Adhesive Remover

Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive

Lead Adhesive Remover

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing

excessive lead adhesive

This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass

whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film

Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence

the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass

The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of

DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products

This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to

improve productivity and reduce wastage

It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues

reported in the field

This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel

glue and film adhesive

Product Code Bottle Size

Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml

Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive

Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed

to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to

use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean

Product Code Bottle

Size

Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g

Coloured Films

Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the

making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed

not to fade crack or de-laminate

They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them

excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects

the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance

With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV

filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that

furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight

Technical Details

Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx

Temperature range -46oC to 135oC

UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903

Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale

IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279

Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00

Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a

safety film when 100 coverage of

a piece of untempered glass is

achieved in accordance with the US

safety glass standard ANZI Z971-

1984

As these materials have been used

throughout the worldmdashfrom the

heat of the Australian outback to

the cold and damp of a Russian

wintermdashwith no reported failures

our supplier is confident in giving a

10 year guarantee and an estimated

life expectancy of over 25 years

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 42: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Foams

Product Code Unit Cans per box

Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12

TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner

Soudafoam B3

Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam

with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer

Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in

roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and

doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a

soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25

TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam

Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based

expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Aerosols

per Box

Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12

TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns

Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding

foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used

with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun

Uses It is ideal for -

filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely

fill the cavity

fixing window and door frames and boards

insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities

carrying pipes and cables

backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants

Product Code Unit Cans per

Box

Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this

product See page 53

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 43: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Product Code Unit

DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres

Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems

lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems

Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in

substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product

Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The

product should not be left in direct sunlight

TradeSeal Glass Cleaner

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast

and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc

Product Code Unit

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres

DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre

Aerosol Glass Cleaner

DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it

gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it

suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks

from windows glass and mirrors

Product Code Unit Box Qty

DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12

Steel Wool

Product Code Unit

Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g

Cleaning Paper

Product Code Unit

Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll

Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll

Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll

White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled

materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack

quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 44: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3

Product Code Unit

Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre

Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)

Product Code Unit Bottles per

Box

DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25

DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25

Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented

adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives

TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC

trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works

Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes

Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces

Extra extra large cleaning wipes

Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces

Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives

Quick easy and safe to use

Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products

More effective than soap and water

A safe alternative to white spirits

Product Code Unit Box qty

Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons

Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that

adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of

applications

Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC

cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal

edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates

automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and

out

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25

Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive

Product Code Unit

Empty Spray Bottle ESB each

Empty Spray Bottle

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 45: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other

components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion

Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface

areas of PVCu profiles

PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window

Components

Product Code Unit Box qty

Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes

Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes

TradeSeal Activator

Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate

Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces

Product Code Unit Aerosols per

box

Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12

PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner

Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile

It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt

Product Code Unit Bottles per box

PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12

PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12

Silicone Spray

DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering

Clean

Low toxicity

Ozone friendly

It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of

250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is

colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS

silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to

provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the

installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications

Product Code Unit

DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 46: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Miscellaneous

High Release Silicone Pads

Foam Protection Pads

Cork Protection Pads

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

DGS High Release Silicone Pads

Size Code Unit Pads per Bag

100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5

Hot Melt Nozzle Guides

Product Code Unit

Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each

Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each

Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each

Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each

Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each

Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each

Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each

Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each

Foam Protection Pads

Product Code Pads per Roll

Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000

Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)

Cork Protection Pads

Product Code Unit

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000

Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000

Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles

Product Code Box Qty

Empty Cartridges EC 140

Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140

Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140

High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 47: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic

Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone

High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive

Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25

TradeSeal LMN Silicone

Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 48: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Sealants

TradeSeal LMA Silicone

Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25

DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25

Fixall Crystal Clear

Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to

use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp

surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12

Silirub 2

Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick

up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and

tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and

low temperature resistance

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24

Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15

Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15

Fixall High Tack

Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It

is based on MS-Polymerreg

Product Code Unit Tubes per box

Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12

Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 49: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

PIB Tape Applicator

The applicator will accept

any width of spacer bar 4

metre bar lengths of

spacer are simply pushed

through the machine This

will apply the butyl tape to

both sides of the spacer

The bar can then be cut to

the required size filled

with desiccant and used to

fabricate the frame The

backing paper can be

removed when required

Primary Seal PIB Tape

PIB Tape Applicator

Aluminium Foil Tape

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)

This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure

sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light

is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a

combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is

particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollsbox

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24

Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24

Primary Seal PIB Tape

Item Code Reelscarton

PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100

For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention

DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for

expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2

part edge sealants

DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton

mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated

glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator

Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m

Packing 100 rolls per box

Specific gravity 135

Non volatile content 996

Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2

Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 50: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tapes

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713

resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units

Item Code Reelscarton

Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160

Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape

Protection Tape

DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without

leaving any residue

Item Code Rollscarton Roll

Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m

Protection Tape

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive

adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units

Item Code Rollscarton

Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48

Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40

Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32

Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32

Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24

Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24

Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 51: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

DGS Pin Gun Pins

Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17

Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a

Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20

Double pad lifter

New DGS Pin Gun

New DGS Pin Gun

Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium

stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers

This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel

pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to

preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to

fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit

assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured

Check these features

The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated

Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated

Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars

Operation is fast and simple

Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar

Potential cost savings of up to 30

Try before you buy offer is available

Product Code Box Quantity

New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)

New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000

Product Code

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17

Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A

Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20

Glass Cutters

Pad Lifters

Product Code Max lifting capacity

Double pad lifter DPL 60kg

Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg

Product Code

Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500

Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500

Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction

action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo

Suction Lathes

Suction Lathes

Triple pad lifter

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 52: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Product Code Unit

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device

The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness

of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame

The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass

This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo

Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring

Device

Red Chinagraph pencils are available

ex-stock All other colours are available to

order

Product Code Unit

5m tape measure TM05 each

Tape Measure (5m)

Features

High quality shockproof rubber casing

Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units

Available in 5m x 25mm

Product Code Box qty

Chinagraph pencils red CP 12

Chinagraph pencils

This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all

polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes

to give an unrivalled quality

The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry

cloth

All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974

Other colours available on request

Powerlock Tape measure

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)

Product Code Unit

PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each

Putty Knife

Product Code Unit

Putty Knife PK each

Skeleton Gun

Product Code Unit Box Qty

Skeleton Gun SG Each 12

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 53: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Tools

Stanley Knife

Product Code Unit

Stanley Knife SK each

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades

Product Code Box Qty

Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100

Razor Blades Single Edged

Product Code Box Qty

Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100

Stanley Scraper

Product Code Unit

Stanley Scraper SS each

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun

Product Code Unit

Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Product Code Unit

Rubber lead roller RLR Each

Boning Peg

Product Code Unit

Boning Peg BP Each

Rubber Lead Roller

Boning Peg

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 54: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

List of Appendices

Appendices

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55

Energy Saving Trust 55

Default Window Specification 56

Notes on Gas Fill Components 57

Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 55: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs

The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry

and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple

and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency

information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products

The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat

loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which

can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly

manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system

Window Energy Rating

The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows

using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating

allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products

allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure

allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal

requirements

allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products

provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal

assessment systems

The A-G Scale

Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency

where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and

specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The

system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can

verify that window meets their criteria for support

Calculating the Rating

The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers

the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that

make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to

European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single

number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and

quickly

Energy Saving Trust

The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to

distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market

The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the

Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse

gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy

Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed

by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to

approval)

For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 56: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

An Alternative Method

Default Window Specification

In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with

the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs

(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into

account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving

building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window

specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with

an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will

be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further

proof of compliance The BFRC said

ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of

thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER

means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if

you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E

glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value

We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U

value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window

installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other

solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all

spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be

determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 57: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Notes on Gas Fill Components

Choosing a Gas Fill method

Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit

manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill

material

Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are

Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar

Use of special gas corner keys

Manufacture using an on-line gas press

DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas

corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS

Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there

is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required

typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k

Spacer Bar Type is a Factor

One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used

Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types

bendable for use on automatic lines and

non-bendable using corner keys

Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required

dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill

method is either

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Manufacture on a line gas press

Non-Bendable Spacer

To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined

using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose

Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar

Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo

To manufacture on a line gas press

Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas

corner keyrsquo with a hole in it

Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)

To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes

must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of

sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is

introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug

Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)

Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed

using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other

corners

Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar

Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the

spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen

Making the Decision

Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas

press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to

use is down to customer preference-

Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour

Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour

Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is

less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 58: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Gas Fill Components - A Summary

Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable

Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer Chromatech

Ultra

GKSSS

GKP4472

Standard Bar

Chose Diameter

65mm

GKS68

GKP4472

50mm

GKS50

GKP51

Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only

GKW

GKP36 for 55mm

bar GKP51 for other

sizes

Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar

Swisspacer 16 20mm

SWISSDGKW

SWISSDGKP

Swisspacer 12 14 18mm

SWISSGKW

SWISSGKP

Chromatech Ultra

SSBCUGKW

Gas plug GKP51

Summary

Non- Bendable Option

Sleevesplugs or

Gas corner keysplugs or

On line gas press

Bendable Bar

Sleeves plugs

On line gas press

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 59: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained

So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems

Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear

to be an array of multiple sealed units

There are two possible ways of achieving this

Duplex Key Systems

These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be

placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed

onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of

multiple small sealed units being used

Double Face Spacer

This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is

fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar

For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24

Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12

This is a single

sealed unit but

when glazed appears to be

4 smaller units

Double face

spacer bar

Duplex Key System using

special keys and 2 lengths

of standard spacer bar

Face 1

Face 2

Face 2

Face 1

Swiss Georgian

(Double face) Bar

DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock

Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our

Swisspacer bar range see page 9

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 60: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate

Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best

foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world

ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171

amp WA-082)

A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by

preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit

The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of

stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years

Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture

vapour transmission

This catalogue is available to

download in PDF form from

our NEW website

(Launch 2014)

Swisspacer Ultimate Stock

Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer

stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 61: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Swiss

Ultimate

See Page 9

for details

Scan here to visit

wwwdgsgroupcouk

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a

Page 62: The Sealed Unit Guide - solutionsuk-ig.co.uksolutionsuk-ig.co.uk/Images/Sealed Unit Guide SUK_2.pdf · DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a 1 The Sealed Unit Guide The DGS Group of Companies

62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a